blob: 52283e22d71ebd63336b16c2826cbaef1492f762 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500144 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
146 /lib Architecture specific library files
147 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
148 /cpu CPU specific files
149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
156 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
157 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
158 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
159 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200166 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800167 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000169 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400176 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
177 /cpu CPU specific files
178 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200179 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
182 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
184 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
186 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
187 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
188 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
190 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
193 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
194 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
195 /lib Architecture specific library files
196 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
197 /cpu CPU specific files
198 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
199 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
200 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400201 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
202 /cpu CPU specific files
203 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
205/board Board dependent files
206/common Misc architecture independent functions
207/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
208/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
209/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400210/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500211/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
212/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
213/include Header Files
214/lib Files generic to all architectures
215 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
216 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
217 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
218/net Networking code
219/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400220/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500221/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223Software Configuration:
224=======================
225
226Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
227rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
228
229There are two classes of configuration variables:
230
231* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
232 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
233 "CONFIG_".
234
235* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
236 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
237 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200238 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239
240Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
241identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
242do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
243links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
244as an example here.
245
246
247Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
248---------------------------------------------------
249
250For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
251configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
252
253Example: For a TQM823L module type:
254
255 cd u-boot
256 make TQM823L_config
257
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200258For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
260directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
261
262
263Configuration Options:
264----------------------
265
266Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
267such information is kept in a configuration file
268"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
269
270Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
271"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
272
273
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000274Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
275kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
276build a config tool - later.
277
278
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000279The following options need to be configured:
280
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500281- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000282
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500283- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200284
285- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100286 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000287
288- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
289 Define exactly one of
290 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
291--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
292 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
293 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
294
295- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
296 Define exactly one of
297 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
298
299- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define one or more of
301 CONFIG_CMA302
302
303- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
304 Define one or more of
305 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200306 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000307 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
308
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000309- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
310 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
311 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200312 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
313 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
315 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000316
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530317- Marvell Family Member
318 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
319 multiple fs option at one time
320 for marvell soc family
321
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000323 Define exactly one of
324 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200326- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000327 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
328 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000329 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
330 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000331 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
332 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000337 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000338 See doc/README.MPC866
339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200340 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000341
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000342 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
343 of relying on the correctness of the configured
344 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
345 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
346 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100349 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
350
351 Define this option if you want to enable the
352 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
353
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600354- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000355 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
356
357 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
358 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
359 compliance, among other possible reasons.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
362
363 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
364 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
365 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
366
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
368
369 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
370 tree nodes for the given platform.
371
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000372 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
373
374 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
375 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
376 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
377 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
378 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
379 purpose.
380
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
382
383 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
384 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
386
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
389
390 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
391 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
392
393 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
394 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
395 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
396 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
397
398 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
399 this erratum.
400
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530401 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
403 requred during NOR boot.
404
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core.
421
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530430 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
431 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
432 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
433
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800434 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
435 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
436 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
437
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000438- Generic CPU options:
439 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
440
441 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
442 values is arch specific.
443
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
445 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
446 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
447 SoCs.
448
449 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
450 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
451
452 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
453 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
454 deskew training are not available.
455
456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
457 Freescale DDR1 controller.
458
459 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
460 Freescale DDR2 controller.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
463 Freescale DDR3 controller.
464
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
466 Freescale DDR4 controller.
467
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700468 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
469 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
470
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
472 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
473 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
474 implemetation.
475
476 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
477 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
478 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
479 implementation.
480
481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
482 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700483 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
484
485 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
486 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
487 DDR3L controllers.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
490 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
491 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700492
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
494 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
495
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
497 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
498
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
500 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
501 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
502
503 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
504 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
505 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
506 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
507
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
509 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
510
511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
512 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
513
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
515 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
516 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
517 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
518
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800519 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
520 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
521 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
522 SoCs with ARM core.
523
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100524- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200525 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100526
527 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
528 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
529 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
530
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200531 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200532
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100533 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
534 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200535 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100536 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200537
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200538- MIPS CPU options:
539 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
540
541 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
542 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
543 relocation.
544
545 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
546
547 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
548 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
549 Possible values are:
550 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
551 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
552 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
553 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
554 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
555 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
556 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
557 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
558
559 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
560
561 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
562 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
563
564 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
565
566 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
567 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
568 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
569
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000570- ARM options:
571 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
572
573 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
574 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
575
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000576 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
577
578 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
579 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
580 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
581 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
582 GCC.
583
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000584 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000585 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
586 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
587 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500588 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500589 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000590
591 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
592 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
593 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
594 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
595 set these options unless they apply!
596
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000597- CPU timer options:
598 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
599
600 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
601 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
602 option must be set to 1000.
603
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000604- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000605 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
606
607 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
608 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
609 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
610 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
611 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
612 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
613 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000614 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100615 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000616 default environment.
617
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000618 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
619
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200620 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000621 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
622 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
623
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400624 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200625
626 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400627 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
628 concepts).
629
630 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
631 * New libfdt-based support
632 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500633 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400634
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200635 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
636 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
637 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
638 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200639 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600640 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200641
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200642 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
643 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500644
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600645 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
646
647 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
648 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000649
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500650 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
651
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200652 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500653 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
654
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200655 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
656
657 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
658 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
659 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
660 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
661 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
662 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
663
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000664 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
665
666 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
667 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
668 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
669 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
670 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
671 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
672 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
673
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100674- vxWorks boot parameters:
675
676 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
677 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
678 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
679
680 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
681 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
682 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
683 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
684
685 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
686
687 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
688
689 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
690 the defaults discussed just above.
691
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000692- Cache Configuration:
693 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
694 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
695 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
696
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000697- Cache Configuration for ARM:
698 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
699 controller
700 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
701 controller register space
702
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000703- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200704 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000705
706 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
707
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200708 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000709
710 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
711
712 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
713
714 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
715 the clock speed of the UARTs.
716
717 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
718
719 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
720 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
721 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
722
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000723 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
724
725 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
726 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
727 this variable to initialize the extra register.
728
729 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
730
731 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
732 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
733 variable to flush the UART at init time.
734
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000735
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000737 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
738 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
739 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
740 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741
742 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
743 port routines must be defined elsewhere
744 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
745
746 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
747 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000748 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000749 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
750 (default big endian)
751 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
752 rectangle fill
753 (cf. smiLynxEM)
754 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
755 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
756 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
757 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000758 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
759 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000760 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
761 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000762 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000763 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
764 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
765 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
766 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
767 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
768 (i.e. i8042_getc)
769 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
770 (requires blink timer
771 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200772 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000773 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
774 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500775 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000776 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
777 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000778 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
779 linux_logo.h for logo.
780 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200782 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000783 the logo
784
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000785 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
786 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
787 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
788
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000789 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
790 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
791 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000792
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000793 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
794 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
795 the "silent" environment variable. See
796 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000797
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200798 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
799 is 0x00.
800 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
801 is 0xa0.
802
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000803- Console Baudrate:
804 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
805 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200806 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
807 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000808
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100809- Console Rx buffer length
810 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
811 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100812 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100813 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
814 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
815 the SMC.
816
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000817- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200818 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
819 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
820 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
821 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
822 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
823 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
824 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200825 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200826 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000827
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200828 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
829 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000830
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000831- Safe printf() functions
832 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
833 the printf() functions. These are defined in
834 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
835 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
836 If this option is not given then these functions will
837 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
838 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
839
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000840- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
841 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
842 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000843 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
844 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000845
846 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
847 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
848 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
849 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
850 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
851 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
852 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
853 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
854 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
855 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
856 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
857 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
858
859- Autoboot Command:
860 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
861 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
862 define a command string that is automatically executed
863 when no character is read on the console interface
864 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
865
866 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000867 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
868 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
869 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000870
871 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000872 The value of these goes into the environment as
873 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
874 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200875 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000876
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100877- Bootcount:
878 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
879 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
880 cycle, see:
881 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
882
883 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
884 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
885 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
886 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
887 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
888 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
889 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
890 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
891 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
892
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893- Pre-Boot Commands:
894 CONFIG_PREBOOT
895
896 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
897 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
898 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
899 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
900 entering interactive mode.
901
902 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
903 automatically generated or modified. For an example
904 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
905 modified when the user holds down a certain
906 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
907 booting the systems
908
909- Serial Download Echo Mode:
910 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
911 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
912 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
913 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
914 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
915 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
916 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
917
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500918- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000919 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
920 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200921 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922
923- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500924 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
925 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000926 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
927 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500928 and augmenting with additional #define's
929 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000930
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500931 The default command configuration includes all commands
932 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000933
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100934 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500935 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500936 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
937 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
938 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
939 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
940 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
941 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800942 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500943 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500944 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500945 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
946 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
947 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600948 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
949 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
950 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
951 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500952 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
953 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500954 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500955 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
956 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600957 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600958 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500959 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500960 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000961 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
962 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700963 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
964 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500965 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500966 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000967 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500968 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
969 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200970 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000971 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500972 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000973 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000974 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500975 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
976 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
977 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
978 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000979 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200980 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500981 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500982 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000983 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500984 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
985 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
986 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
987 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200988 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000989 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
990 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500991 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
992 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200993 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400994 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000995 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000997 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200998 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500999 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1000 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1001 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001002 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001003 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1004 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001005 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001006 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001007 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001008 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1009 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1010 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1011 host
1012 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001013 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001014 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1015 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001016 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001017 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1018 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1019 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1020 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1021 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1022 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001023 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001024 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001025 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001026 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001027 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001028 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001029 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001030 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001031 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1032 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001033 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001034 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001035 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001036 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001037 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001038
1039 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1040 support you can write:
1041
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001042 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1043 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001045 Other Commands:
1046 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001047
1048 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001049 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001050 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1051 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1052 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1053 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1054 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1055 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001056
1057
1058 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1059
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001060- Regular expression support:
1061 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001062 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1063 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1064 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1065 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001066
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001067- Device tree:
1068 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1069 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1070 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1071 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1072 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1073 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1074
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001075 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1076 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001077
1078 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1079 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1080 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1081 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1082 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1083 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001084
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001085 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1086 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1087 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1088 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1089
1090 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1091
1092 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1093 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1094 still use the individual files if you need something more
1095 exotic.
1096
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001097- Watchdog:
1098 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1099 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001100 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1101 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1102 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1103 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1104 available, then no further board specific code should
1105 be needed to use it.
1106
1107 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1108 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1109 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1110 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001112- U-Boot Version:
1113 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1114 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1115 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1116 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e512012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001117 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1118 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001119
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001120- Real-Time Clock:
1121
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001122 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001123 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1124 following options:
1125
1126 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1127 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001128 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001129 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001130 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001131 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001132 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001133 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001134 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001135 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001136 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001137 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1138 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001139
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001140 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1141 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1142
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001143- GPIO Support:
1144 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001145
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001146 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1147 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1148 pins supported by a particular chip.
1149
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001150 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1151 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1152
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001153- Timestamp Support:
1154
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001155 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1156 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1157 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001158 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001159
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001160- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1161 Zero or more of the following:
1162 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1163 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1164 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1165 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1166 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1167 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1168 disk/part_efi.c
1169 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001170
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001171 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1172 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001173 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001174
1175- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001176 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1177 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001178
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001179 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1180 be performed by calling the function
1181 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1182 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001183
1184- ATAPI Support:
1185 CONFIG_ATAPI
1186
1187 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1188
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001189- LBA48 Support
1190 CONFIG_LBA48
1191
1192 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001193 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001194 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1195 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001197 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001198 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1199 Default is 32bit.
1200
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001201- SCSI Support:
1202 At the moment only there is only support for the
1203 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1204 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001206 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1207 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1208 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001209 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1210 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001211 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001212
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001213 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1214 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001215
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001216- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001217 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001218 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1219
1220 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1221 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1222 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1223 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1224
1225 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1226 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1227 example with the "sspi" command.
1228
1229 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1230 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1231 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001232
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001233 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001234 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001235
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001236 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1237 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001238 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001239 write routine for first time initialisation.
1240
1241 CONFIG_TULIP
1242 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1243 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1244 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1245
1246 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1247 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1248
1249 CONFIG_NS8382X
1250 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1251
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001252- NETWORK Support (other):
1253
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001254 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1255 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1256
1257 CONFIG_RMII
1258 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1259
1260 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1261 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1262 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1263
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001264 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1265 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1266
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001267 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001268 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1269
1270 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1271 Define this to hold the physical address
1272 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1273
1274 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1275 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1276
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001277 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001278 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1279
1280 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1281 Define this to hold the physical address
1282 of the device (I/O space)
1283
1284 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1285 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1286
1287 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1288 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1289 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1290
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001291 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1292 Support for davinci emac
1293
1294 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1295 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1296
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001297 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1298 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1299
1300 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1301 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1302 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1303 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1304 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1305 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1306 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1307 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1308
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001309 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001310 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1311
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001312 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001313 Define this to hold the physical address
1314 of the device (I/O space)
1315
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001316 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001317 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1318
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001319 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001320 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1321 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001322 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001323
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001324 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1325 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1326
1327 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1328 Define the number of ports to be used
1329
1330 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1331 Define the ETH PHY's address
1332
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001333 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1334 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1335
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001336- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001337 CONFIG_TPM
1338 Support TPM devices.
1339
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001340 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1341 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1342 per system is supported at this time.
1343
1344 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1345 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1346
1347 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1348 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1349
1350 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1351 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1352
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001353 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1354 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1355
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001356 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001357 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1358 per system is supported at this time.
1359
1360 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1361 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1362 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1363 0xfed40000.
1364
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001365 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1366 Add tpm monitor functions.
1367 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1368 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1369
1370 CONFIG_TPM
1371 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1372 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1373 Requires support for a TPM device.
1374
1375 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1376 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1377 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1378
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001379- USB Support:
1380 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001381 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001382 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1383 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001384 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001385 storage devices.
1386 Note:
1387 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1388 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001389 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1390 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1391 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001392 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1393 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001394 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1395 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1396 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001397 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1398 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001399 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001400 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1401 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001402
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001403 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1404 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1405
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001406 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1407 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1408
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001409- USB Device:
1410 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1411 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1412 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001413 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001414 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1415 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001416 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001417 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1418 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1419 a Linux host by
1420 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1421 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1422 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1423 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001424
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001425 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1426 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001427
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001428 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1429 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1430 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001431
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301432 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1433 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1434 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1435 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1436 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1437 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1438 speed.
1439
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001440 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001441 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1442 be set to usbtty.
1443
1444 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001445 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001446 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001447 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001448
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001449 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001450 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001451 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001452
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001453 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001454 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001455 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001456 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1457 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1458 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1459
1460 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1461 Define this string as the name of your company for
1462 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001463
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001464 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1465 Define this string as the name of your product
1466 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1467
1468 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1469 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1470 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1471 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1472 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001473
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001474 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1475 Define this as the unique Product ID
1476 for your device
1477 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001478
Przemyslaw Marczak351e9b22013-10-23 14:30:46 +02001479 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1480 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1481 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1482 This enables function definition:
1483 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1484 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1485
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001486- ULPI Layer Support:
1487 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1488 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1489 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1490 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1491 viewport is supported.
1492 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1493 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001494 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1495 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1496 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001497
1498- MMC Support:
1499 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1500 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1501 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1502 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001503 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1504 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001505
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001506 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1507 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1508
1509 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1510 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1511
1512 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1513 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1514
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001515- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1516 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1517 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1518
1519 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1520 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1521 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1522 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1523 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1524
1525 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1526 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1527
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001528 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1529 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1530
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301531 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1532 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1533 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1534 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1535 one that would help mostly the developer.
1536
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001537 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1538 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1539 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1540 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1541 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1542
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001543 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1544 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1545 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1546 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1547 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1548 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1549
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001550 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1551 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1552 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1553 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1554
1555 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1556 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1557 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1558 sending again an USB request to the device.
1559
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001560- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1561 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1562 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1563 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001565 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1566 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001567 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001569 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001570 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1571 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1572
1573 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001574 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001575 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1576 have not defined a custom partition
1577
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001578- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1579 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001580
1581 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1582 file in FAT formatted partition.
1583
1584 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1585 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001586
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001587CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1588 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1589
1590 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1591 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1592 and cbfsload.
1593
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001594- Keyboard Support:
1595 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1596
1597 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1598 support
1599
1600 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1601 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1602 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1603 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1604 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1605
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001606 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1607 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1608 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1609 which provides key scans on request.
1610
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001611- Video support:
1612 CONFIG_VIDEO
1613
1614 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1615 video).
1616
1617 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1618
1619 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1620
1621 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001622 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001623 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1624 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1625 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001626
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001627 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001628 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001629 are possible:
1630 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001631 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001632
1633 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1634 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1635 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1636 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1637 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1638 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1639 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001640 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1641
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001642 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001643 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001644
1645
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001646 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001647 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001648 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1649 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1650
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001651 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001652 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001653 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1654 support, and should also define these other macros:
1655
1656 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1657 CONFIG_VIDEO
1658 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1659 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1660 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1661 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1662 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1663 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1664
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001665 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1666 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1667 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1668 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001669
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001670 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1671
1672 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1673 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1674 driver.
1675
1676
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001677- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001678 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001679
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001680 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1681 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1682 defined in your board-specific files.
1683 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001684
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001685- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1686
1687 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1688 display); also select one of the supported displays
1689 by defining one of these:
1690
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001691 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1692
1693 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1694
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001695 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001696
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001697 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001698
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001699 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001700
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001701 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1702 Active, color, single scan.
1703
1704 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1705
1706 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001707 Active, color, single scan.
1708
1709 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1710
1711 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1712 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1713
1714 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1715
1716 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1717 Active, color, single scan.
1718
1719 CONFIG_HLD1045
1720
1721 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1722 Active, color, single scan.
1723
1724 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1725
1726 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1727 or
1728 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1729 or
1730 Hitachi SP14Q002
1731
1732 320x240. Black & white.
1733
1734 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001735 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001736
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001737 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1738
1739 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1740 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1741 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1742 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1743 a per-section basis.
1744
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001745 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1746
1747 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1748 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1749 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1750 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001751
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001752 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1753
1754 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1755
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001756 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1757
1758 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1759 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1760
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001761- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001762
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001763 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1764 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1765 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001766 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001767 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1768 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1769 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1770 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001771
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001772 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1773
1774 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1775 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001776 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001777 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1778 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1779 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1780 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1781 there is no need to set this option.
1782
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001783 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1784
1785 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1786 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1787 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1788 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1789 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1790 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1791
1792 Example:
1793 setenv splashpos m,m
1794 => image at center of screen
1795
1796 setenv splashpos 30,20
1797 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1798
1799 setenv splashpos -10,m
1800 => vertically centered image
1801 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1802
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001803- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1804
1805 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1806 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1807 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1808
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001809- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1810
1811 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1812 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1813 bmp command.
1814
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001815- Do compresssing for memory range:
1816 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1817
1818 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1819 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1820
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001821- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001822 CONFIG_GZIP
1823
1824 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1825
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001826 CONFIG_BZIP2
1827
1828 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1829 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1830 compressed images are supported.
1831
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001832 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001833 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001834 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001835
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001836 CONFIG_LZMA
1837
1838 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1839 images is included.
1840
1841 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1842 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1843 formula:
1844
1845 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1846
1847 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1848 and Literal pos bits.
1849
1850 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1851 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1852 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1853 a very small buffer.
1854
1855 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1856 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001857 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001858
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001859 CONFIG_LZO
1860
1861 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1862 is included.
1863
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001864- MII/PHY support:
1865 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1866
1867 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1868
1869 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1870
1871 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1872
1873 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1874
1875 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001876 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001877
1878 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1879
1880 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1881 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1882 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1883 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1884
1885 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1886
1887 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1888 command issued before MII status register can be read
1889
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001890- Ethernet address:
1891 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001892 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001893 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1894 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001895 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1896 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001897
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001898 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1899 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001900 is not determined automatically.
1901
1902- IP address:
1903 CONFIG_IPADDR
1904
1905 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001906 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001907 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001908 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001909
1910- Server IP address:
1911 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1912
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001913 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001914 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001915 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001916
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001917 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1918
1919 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1920 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1921
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001922- Gateway IP address:
1923 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1924
1925 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1926 default router where packets to other networks are
1927 sent to.
1928 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1929
1930- Subnet mask:
1931 CONFIG_NETMASK
1932
1933 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1934 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1935 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1936 forwarded through a router.
1937 (Environment variable "netmask")
1938
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001939- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1940 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1941
1942 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1943 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001944 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001945 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1946 multicast group.
1947
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001948- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1949 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1950
1951 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1952 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1953 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1954 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1955 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1956 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1957 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1958 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001959 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001960
1961 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1962 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1963 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1964 4th and following
1965 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1966
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001967- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001968 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1969 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001970
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001971 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1972 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1973 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1974 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1975 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1976 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1977 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1978 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1979 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1980 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1981 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1982 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001983 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001984
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001985 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1986 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001987
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001988 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1989 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1990 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1991 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1992 is not available.
1993
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001994 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1995 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1996 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1997 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1998 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1999 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2000 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002001 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002002
2003 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2004 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2005 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002006 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002007 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2008 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002009
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002010 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2011
2012 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2013 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2014 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2015 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2016 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2017 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2018 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2019 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2020 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2021 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2022 this delay.
2023
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002024 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2025 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2026 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2027 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2028 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2029
2030 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2031
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002032 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002033 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002034
2035 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2036
2037 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2038
2039 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2040 of the device.
2041
2042 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2043
2044 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2045 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002046 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002047
2048 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2049
2050 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2051 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2052
2053 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2054
2055 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2056
2057 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2058
2059 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2060
2061 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2062
2063 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2064
2065 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2066
2067 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2068 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2069
2070 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2071
2072 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2073
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002074- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2075
2076 Several configurations allow to display the current
2077 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2078 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2079 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2080 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2081 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2082 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2083 feature in U-Boot.
2084
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002085 Additional options:
2086
2087 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2088 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2089 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2090 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2091 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2092
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002093 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2094 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2095 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2096 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2097 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2098 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2099
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2101
2102 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2103 on those systems that support this (optional)
2104 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2105
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002106- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002107
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002108 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2109 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2110 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2111 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2112 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2113 interface.
2114
2115 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002116 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2117 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2118 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2119 for defining speed and slave address
2120 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2121 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2122 for defining speed and slave address
2123 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2124 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2125 for defining speed and slave address
2126 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2127 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2128 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002129
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002130 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2131 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2132 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2133 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2134 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2135 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002136 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002137 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2138 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2139 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2140 second bus.
2141
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002142 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002143 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2144 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2145 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002146
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002147 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2148 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2149 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2150 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2151
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002152 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2153 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2154 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2155 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2156 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2157 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2158 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2159 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2160 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2161 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2162
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002163 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2164 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2165 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2166
2167 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2168 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2169 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2170 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2171 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2172 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2173 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2174 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2175 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2176
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002177 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2178 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2179 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2180
2181 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2182 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2183 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2184 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2185 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2186 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2187 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2188 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2189 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2190 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2191 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2192 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2193 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2194
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002195 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2196 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2197 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2198 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2199 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2200 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2201 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2202 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2203 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2204 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2205 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2206 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2207
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002208 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2209 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2210 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2211 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2212
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302213 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2214 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2215 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2216 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2217 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2218
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002219 additional defines:
2220
2221 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2222 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2223 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2224 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2225 omit this define.
2226
2227 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2228 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2229 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2230 omit this define.
2231
2232 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2233 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2234 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2235 define.
2236
2237 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2238 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2239 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2240 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2241 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2242
2243 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2244 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2245 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2246 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2247 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2248 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2249 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2250 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2251 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2252 }
2253
2254 which defines
2255 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002256 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2257 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2258 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2259 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2260 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002261 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002262 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2263 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002264
2265 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2266
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002267- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002268
2269 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2270 provides the following compelling advantages:
2271
2272 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2273 - approved multibus support
2274 - better i2c mux support
2275
2276 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2277
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002278 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2279 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2280 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002281
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002282 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002283 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002284 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2285 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002286 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002287
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002288 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002289
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002290 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002291 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002292
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002293 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002294 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002295 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002296 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002297
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002298 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002299 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002300 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2301 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2302 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002303
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002304 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2305
2306 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2307 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2308 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2309 commands until the slave device responds.
2310
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002311 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002312
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002313 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002314 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2315 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002316
2317 I2C_INIT
2318
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002319 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002320 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002321
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002322 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002323
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002324 I2C_PORT
2325
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002326 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2327 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2328 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002329
2330 I2C_ACTIVE
2331
2332 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2333 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2334 define can be null.
2335
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002336 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2337
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002338 I2C_TRISTATE
2339
2340 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2341 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2342 define can be null.
2343
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002344 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2345
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002346 I2C_READ
2347
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002348 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2349 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002350
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002351 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2352
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002353 I2C_SDA(bit)
2354
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002355 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2356 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002357
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002358 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002359 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002360 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002361
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002362 I2C_SCL(bit)
2363
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002364 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2365 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002366
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002367 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002368 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002369 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002370
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002371 I2C_DELAY
2372
2373 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2374 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002375 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002376 like:
2377
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002378 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002379
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002380 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2381
2382 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2383 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2384 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2385 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2386
2387 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2388 the generic GPIO functions.
2389
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002390 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002391
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002392 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2393 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2394 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2395 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2396 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2397 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2398 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2399 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002400
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002401 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2402
2403 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2404 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2405 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2406 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2407 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2408 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2409 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2410 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2411
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002412 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2413
2414 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2415 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2416 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2417
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002418 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2419
2420 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002421 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2422 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002423 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2424
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002425 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002426
2427 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002428 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002429 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2430 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002431
2432 e.g.
2433 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002434 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002435
2436 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2437
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002438 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002439 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002440
2441 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2442
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002443 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002444
2445 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2446 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2447
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002448 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002449
2450 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2451 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2452
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002453 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002454
2455 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2456 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2457
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002458 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002459
2460 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2461 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2462 specified DTT device.
2463
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002464 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2465
2466 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2467 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2468 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2469 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2470 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2471 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2472 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002473
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002474- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2475
2476 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2477 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2478 D/As on the SACSng board)
2479
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002480 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2481
2482 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2483 only SH7757 is supported.
2484
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002485 CONFIG_SPI_X
2486
2487 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2488 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2489
2490 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2491
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002492 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2493 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2494 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2495 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2496 defined, the board configuration must define several
2497 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2498 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002499
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002500 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2501
2502 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2503 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2504 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002505 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002506 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2507
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002508 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2509
2510 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002511 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002512
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002513- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2514
2515 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2516
2517 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2518
2519 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2520 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2521
2522 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2523
2524 Enables support for FPGA family.
2525 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2526
2527 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002528
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002529 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002530
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002531 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002532
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002533 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002534
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002535 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002537 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2538 status by the configuration function. This option
2539 will require a board or device specific function to
2540 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002541
2542 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2543
2544 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2545 configuration driver.
2546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002547 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002548 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2549
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002550 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002551
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002552 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2553 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2554 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2555 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002557 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002558
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002559 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2560 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2561 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002562 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002563
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002564 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002565
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002566 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002567 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002569 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002570
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002571 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002572 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002573
2574- Configuration Management:
2575 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2576
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002577 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2578 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002579
2580- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2581
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002582 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2583 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002584 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002585 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2586 protects these variables from casual modification by
2587 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2588 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002589 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002590
2591 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2592 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002593 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002594 these parameters.
2595
2596 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2597 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002598 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002599 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2600 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2601 read-only.]
2602
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002603 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2604 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2605 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2606 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2607
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002608- Protected RAM:
2609 CONFIG_PRAM
2610
2611 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2612 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2613 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2614 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2615 this default value by defining an environment
2616 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2617 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2618 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2619 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2620 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2621 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2622 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2623
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002624 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002625 saveenv
2626
2627 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2628 either, which results in a memory region that will
2629 not be affected by reboots.
2630
2631 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2632 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2633 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2634 following board configurations are known to be
2635 "pRAM-clean":
2636
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002637 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2638 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002639 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002640
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002641- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2642 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2643 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2644 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2645 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2646 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2647 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2648
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002649- Error Recovery:
2650 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2651
2652 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2653 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2654 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002655 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002656 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2657 useful during development since you can try to debug
2658 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2659
2660 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2661
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002662 This variable defines the number of retries for
2663 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2664 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2665 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002666
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002667 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2668
2669 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2670
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002671 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2672
2673 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2674 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2675 try longer timeout such as
2676 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2677
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002678- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002679 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002680
2681 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2682
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002683 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2684 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002685
2686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002687 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002688
2689 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2690 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2691 powerful command line syntax like
2692 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2693 constructs ("shell scripts").
2694
2695 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2696 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2697
2698
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002699 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002700
2701 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2702 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2703 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2704
2705 Note:
2706
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002707 In the current implementation, the local variables
2708 space and global environment variables space are
2709 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2710 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2711 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2712 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2713 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002714
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002715 Global environment variables are those you use
2716 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2717 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2718 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002719
2720 To store commands and special characters in a
2721 variable, please use double quotation marks
2722 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2723 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2724 symbols.
2725
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002726- Commandline Editing and History:
2727 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2728
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002729 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002730 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002731
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002732- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002733 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2734
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002735 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2736 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002737 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002738
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002739 For example, place something like this in your
2740 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002741
2742 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2743 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2744 "myvar2=value2\0"
2745
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002746 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2747 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2748 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2749 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002750 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002751 You better know what you are doing here.
2752
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002753 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2754 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002755 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002756 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002757
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002758 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2759
2760 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2761 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2762 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2763
2764 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2765
2766 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2767 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2768 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2769 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2770 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2771
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002772 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2773
2774 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2775 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2776 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2777
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002778 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2779
2780 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2781 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2782 that so that the environment is not available until
2783 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2784 this is instead controlled by the value of
2785 /config/load-environment.
2786
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002787- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002788 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2789
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002790 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2791 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2792 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002793
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002794- Serial Flash support
2795 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2796
2797 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2798 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2799
2800 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2801 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2802 commands.
2803
2804 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2805 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2806 flash is present on the system.
2807
2808 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2809 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2810 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2811 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2812
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002813 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2814
2815 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2816 test ('sf test').
2817
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302818 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2819
2820 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2821 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2822
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302823 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2824
2825 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2826 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2827 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2828
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002829- SystemACE Support:
2830 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2831
2832 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2833 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002834 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002835 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002836
2837 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002838 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002839
2840 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2841 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2842
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002843- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2844 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2845
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002846 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002847 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002848 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002849 number generator is used.
2850
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002851 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2852 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2853 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2854
2855 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002856 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2857 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2858 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2859 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2860 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2861 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2862
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002863- Hashing support:
2864 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2865
2866 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2867 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2868
2869 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2870
2871 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2872 size a little.
2873
2874 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2875 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2876
2877 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2878 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2879
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002880- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2881 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2882 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2883 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2884
2885 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2886 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2887 a boot from specific media.
2888
2889 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2890 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2891 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2892 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2893 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2894
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002895- Signing support:
2896 CONFIG_RSA
2897
2898 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002899 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002900
2901 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2902 option.
2903
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002904- bootcount support:
2905 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2906
2907 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2908 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2909
2910 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2911 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2912 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2913 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2914 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2915 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2916 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2917 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2918 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2919 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2920 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2921 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2922 the bootcounter.
2923 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002924
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002925- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002926 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2927
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002928 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2929 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2930 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2931 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2932 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2933 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002934
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002935- Detailed boot stage timing
2936 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2937 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2938 of the boot process.
2939
2940 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2941 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2942 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2943 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2944 the limit, recording will stop.
2945
2946 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2947 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2948
2949 Timer summary in microseconds:
2950 Mark Elapsed Stage
2951 0 0 reset
2952 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2953 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2954 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2955 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2956 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2957 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2958 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2959
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002960 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2961 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2962 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2963
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002964 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2965 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2966 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2967 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2968 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2969 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2970 For example:
2971
2972 bootstage {
2973 154 {
2974 name = "board_init_f";
2975 mark = <3575678>;
2976 };
2977 170 {
2978 name = "lcd";
2979 accum = <33482>;
2980 };
2981 };
2982
2983 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2984
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002985Legacy uImage format:
2986
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002987 Arg Where When
2988 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002989 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002990 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002991 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002992 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002993 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002994 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2995 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2996 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002997 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002998 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2999 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3000 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3001 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003002 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003003 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003004
3005 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3006 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3007 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3008 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3009 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3010 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3011 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003012 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003013 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3014 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3015
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003016 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003017
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003018 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003019 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3020 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003021
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003022 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3023 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3024 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3025 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3026 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3027 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3028 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3029 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3030 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3031 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3032 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3033 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3034 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3035 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3036 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3037 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3038 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3039 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3040 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3041 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3042 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3043 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3044 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3045 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3046 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3047 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3048 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3049 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3050 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3051 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3052 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3053 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3054 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3055 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3056 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3057 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3058 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3059 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3060 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3061 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3062 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3063 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3064 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3065 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3066 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3067 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3068 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003069
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003070 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003071
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003072 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003073 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3074 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003075
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003076 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3077 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003078 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003079 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3080 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3081 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003082 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3083 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003084 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003085
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003086FIT uImage format:
3087
3088 Arg Where When
3089 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3090 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3091 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3092 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3093 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3094 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003095 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003096 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3097 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3098 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3099 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3100 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003101 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3102 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003103 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3104 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3105 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3106 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3107 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3108 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3109 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3110 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3111
3112 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3113 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3114 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003115 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003116 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3117 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3118 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3119 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3120 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3121 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3122 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3123 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3124 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3125 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3126 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3127 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3128
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003129 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003130 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3131
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003132 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003133 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3134
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003135 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003136 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3137
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003138- FIT image support:
3139 CONFIG_FIT
3140 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3141
3142 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3143 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3144 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3145 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3146 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3147 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3148
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003149 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3150 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3151 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3152 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3153
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003154- Standalone program support:
3155 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3156
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003157 This option defines a board specific value for the
3158 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3159 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003160 settings.
3161
3162- Frame Buffer Address:
3163 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3164
3165 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003166 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3167 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3168 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3169 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3170 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3171 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3172 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003173
3174 Please see board_init_f function.
3175
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003176- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3177 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3178 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3179 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3180
3181 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3182 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3183
3184- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3185 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3186
3187 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3188 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3189
3190 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3191
3192 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3193 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3194
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003195- UBI support
3196 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3197
3198 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3199 with the UBI flash translation layer
3200
3201 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3202
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003203 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3204
3205 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3206 warnings and errors enabled.
3207
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003208- UBIFS support
3209 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3210
3211 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3212 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3213
3214 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3215
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003216 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3217
3218 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3219 warnings and errors enabled.
3220
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003221- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003222 CONFIG_SPL
3223 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003224
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003225 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3226 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3227
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003228 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3229 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3230 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3231 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003232 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003233 must not be both defined at the same time.
3234
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003235 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003236 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3237 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3238 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3239 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003240
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003241 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3242 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003243
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003244 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3245 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3246 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3247
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003248 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3249 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3250
3251 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003252 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3253 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3254 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003255 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003256 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003257
3258 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3259 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3260
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003261 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3262 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3263 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3264 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3265
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003266 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3267 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3268
3269 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3270 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003271
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003272 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3273 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3274 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3275 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3276
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003277 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3278 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3279 about the running system.
3280
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003281 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3282 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3283
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003284 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3285 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003286
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003287 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3288 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003289
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003290 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3291 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003292
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003293 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3294 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003295
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003296 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3297 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003298
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003299 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3300 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3301 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3302 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3303 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3304
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003305 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3306 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3307 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3308
3309 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3310 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3311 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3312 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3313 (for falcon mode)
3314
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003315 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3316 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3317
3318 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3319 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3320
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003321 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3322 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3323 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3324
3325 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3326 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3327 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3328
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003329 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3330 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3331 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3332 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3333 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3334
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303335 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3336 Avoid SPL relocation
3337
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003338 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3339 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3340 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3341
3342 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3343 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3344
3345 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3346 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3347
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003348 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003349 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3350 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003351
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003352 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3353 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003354 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003355
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003356 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3357 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3358 SPL binary.
3359
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003360 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3361 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3362 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3363 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3364 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3365 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003366 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003367
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303368 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3369 Add support NAND boot
3370
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003371 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003372 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3373
3374 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3375 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3376
3377 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3378 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003379
3380 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003381 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003382
3383 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3384 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3385 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3386
3387 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3388 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3389 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3390
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003391 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3392 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003393
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003394 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3395 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003396
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003397 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3398 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003399
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003400 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3401 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3402
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003403 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3404 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003405
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003406 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3407 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3408
3409 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3410 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3411 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3412 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3413
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003414 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003415 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3416 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3417 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3418 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3419 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003420
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003421 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3422 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3423 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3424 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3425
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003426 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3427 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3428 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3429 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3430 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3431
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003432- TPL framework
3433 CONFIG_TPL
3434 Enable building of TPL globally.
3435
3436 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3437 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3438 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003439 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3440 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3441 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003442
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003443Modem Support:
3444--------------
3445
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003446[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003447
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003448- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003449 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3450
3451- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3452 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3453
3454- Modem debug support:
3455 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3456
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003457 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3458 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003459
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003460- Interrupt support (PPC):
3461
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003462 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3463 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003464 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003465 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003466 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003467 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003468 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003469 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3470 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3471 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003472
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003473- General:
3474
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003475 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3476 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3477 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003478 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003479 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3480 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3481 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003482
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003483 If there are no modem init strings in the
3484 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3485 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003486 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003487
3488 See also: doc/README.Modem
3489
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003490Board initialization settings:
3491------------------------------
3492
3493During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3494to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3495before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3496following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3497architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3498typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3499
3500- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3501- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3502- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3503- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003504
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003505Configuration Settings:
3506-----------------------
3507
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003508- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3509 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3510
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003511- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003512 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3513
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003514- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3515 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3516
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003517- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003518 prompt for user input.
3519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003520- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003522- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003523
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003524- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003525
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003526- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003527 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3528 booted
3529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003530- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003531 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3532
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003533- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003534 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003535
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003536- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003537 If the board specific function
3538 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3539 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003540 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003542- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003543 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003545- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003546 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003548- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003549 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3550 simple memory test.
3551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003552- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003553 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003554
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003555- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003556 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3557 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3558
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003559- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3560 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003561 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003562 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003563 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3564 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3565 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003566 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003567 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003568 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003569
3570 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3571 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3572 be touched.
3573
3574 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3575 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3576 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3577 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3578 problems.
3579
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003580- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003581 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3582
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003583- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003584 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3585
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003586- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003587 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3588 Cogent motherboard)
3589
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003590- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003591 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3592
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003593- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003594 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3595 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003596 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003597 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003598
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003599- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003600 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3601 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3602 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3603 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003604
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003605- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003608- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003609 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3610 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003611 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003612 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3613
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003614- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3616 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003617 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3618 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003619 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003620 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003621 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003622 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3623 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3624 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003625
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003626- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3627 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3628 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3629 is enabled.
3630
3631- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3632 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3633 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3634
3635- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3636 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3637 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3638
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003639- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003640 Max number of Flash memory banks
3641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003642- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003643 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3644
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003645- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003646 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3647
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003648- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003649 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003651- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003652 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003654- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003655 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003657- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003658 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3659 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003661- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003662
3663 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3664 without this option such a download has to be
3665 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3666 copy from RAM to flash.
3667
3668 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3669 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003670 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3671 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003672 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3673
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003674- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003675 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003676 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3677
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003678- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003679 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3680 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003681
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003682- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3683 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3684 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3685 to the MTD layer.
3686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003687- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003688 Use buffered writes to flash.
3689
3690- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3691 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3692 write commands.
3693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003694- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003695 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3696 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3697 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3698 optionally available.
3699
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003700- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3701 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3702 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3703 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3704
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003705- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3706 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3707 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3708 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3709 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3710 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3711 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3712 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3713
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003714- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003715 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3716 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003717 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3718 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003719 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003720 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3721
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003722- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3723
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003724 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3725 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3726 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3727 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3728 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003729
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003730- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3731- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003732 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003733 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3734 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3735 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3736
3737 The format of the list is:
3738 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003739 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3740 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003741 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3742 list = entry[,list]
3743
3744 The type attributes are:
3745 s - String (default)
3746 d - Decimal
3747 x - Hexadecimal
3748 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3749 i - IP address
3750 m - MAC address
3751
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003752 The access attributes are:
3753 a - Any (default)
3754 r - Read-only
3755 o - Write-once
3756 c - Change-default
3757
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003758 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3759 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3760 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3761
3762 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3763 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3764 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3765 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3766 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3767 ".flags" variable.
3768
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003769- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3770 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3771 access flags.
3772
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003773- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3774 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3775 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3776 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3777 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3778 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3779 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3780 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3781 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3782
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003783- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3784 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3785 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3786 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003787
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003788The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3789of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3790following configurations:
3791
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003792- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3793
3794 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3795 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003797- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798
3799 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3800
3801 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3802 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3803 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3804 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3805 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3806 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3807 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3808 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3809 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3810 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3811 between U-Boot and the environment.
3812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003813 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003814
3815 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3816 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3817 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3818 for this sector is given here.
3819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003820 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003822 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003823
3824 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3825 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003826 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003828 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003829
3830 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3831
3832
3833 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3834 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3835 the environment.
3836
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003837 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003838
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003839 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003840 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3842 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3843
3844 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3845 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3846 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3847 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3848 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3849 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3850 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3851 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3852 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3853
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003854 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3855 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003856
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003857 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003858 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003859 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003860 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861
3862BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3863source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3864accordingly!
3865
3866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003867- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003868
3869 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3870 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3871 environment.
3872
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003873 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3874 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003876 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003877 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3878 can just be read and written to, without any special
3879 provision.
3880
3881BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3882in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003883console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003884U-Boot will hang.
3885
3886Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3887environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3888keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3889to save the current settings.
3890
3891
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003892- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003893
3894 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3895 device and a driver for it.
3896
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003897 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3898 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003899
3900 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3901 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3902
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003903 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003904 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3905 The default address is zero.
3906
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003907 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003908 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3909 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3910 would require six bits.
3911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003912 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003914 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003916 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003917 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3918 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003920 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003921 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3922 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3923 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3924 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3925 byte chips.
3926
3927 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3928 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3929 in the chip address.
3930
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003931 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003932 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3933
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003934 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3935 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3936 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3937
3938 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3939 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3940 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3941 EEPROM. For example:
3942
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003943 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003944
3945 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3946 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003948- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003949
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003950 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003951 want to use for the environment.
3952
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003953 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3954 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3955 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003956
3957 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3958 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3959 at the specified address.
3960
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003961- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3962
3963 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3964 want to use for the local device's environment.
3965
3966 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3967 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3968
3969 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3970 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3971 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003972 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003973
3974BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3975"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003976environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3977but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003978
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003979- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003980
3981 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3982 for the environment.
3983
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003984 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3985 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003986
3987 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003988 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3989 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003990
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003991 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003992
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003993 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003994 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3995 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003996 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003997 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003998
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003999 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4000
4001 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4002 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4003 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4004 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4005 the range to be avoided.
4006
4007 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4008
4009 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4010 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4011 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4012 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4013 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004014
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004015- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4016
4017 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4018 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4019 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4020
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004021- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4022
4023 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4024 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4025 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4026
4027 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4028
4029 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4030
4031 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4032
4033 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4034 environment in.
4035
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004036 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4037
4038 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4039 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4040 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4041
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004042 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4043 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4044
4045 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4046 when storing the env in UBI.
4047
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004048- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4049
4050 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4051 environment.
4052
4053 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4054
4055 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4056
4057 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4058
4059 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4060 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4061 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4062
4063 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4064 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4065
4066 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4067 area within the specified MMC device.
4068
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004069 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4070 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4071 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4072 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4073 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4074 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4075 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4076
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004077 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4078 MMC sector boundary.
4079
4080 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4081
4082 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4083 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4084 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4085 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4086
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004087 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4088 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4089
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004090 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4091 an MMC sector boundary.
4092
4093 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4094
4095 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4096 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4097 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4098
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004099- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004100
4101 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4102 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4103 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4104 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4105 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4106 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4107 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4108
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004109Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004110has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004111created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004112until then to read environment variables.
4113
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004114The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4115is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4116with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4117necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4118"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4119have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120
4121Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4122the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004123use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004124
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004125- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004126 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004127
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004128 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004129 also needs to be defined.
4130
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004131- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004132 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004133
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004134- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4135 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4136 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4137 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4138 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4139 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4140
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004141- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4142 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4143 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4144 to do this.
4145
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004146- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4147 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4148 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4149 present.
4150
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004151Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004152---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004153
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004154- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004155 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4156
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004157- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004158 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004159
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004160 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4161 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4162 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004163
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004164- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4165 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4166 PowerPC SOCs.
4167
4168- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4169 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4170 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4171
4172 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4173 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4174
4175- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4176 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4177 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004178 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004179 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4180 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4181 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4182
4183 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4184 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4185
4186- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004187 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4188 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004189 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4190 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4191
4192- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4193 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4194 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4195 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4196
4197- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4198 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4199 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4200
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004201- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004202 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004203
4204 the default drive number (default value 0)
4205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004206 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004207
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004208 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004209 (default value 1)
4210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004211 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004212
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004213 defines the offset of register from address. It
4214 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004215 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004216
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004217 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4218 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004219 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004221 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004222 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4223 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4224 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4225 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004226
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004227- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4228 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4229 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4230 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4231 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4232 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4233 is requierd.
4234
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004235- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004236 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004237 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004238
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004239- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004241 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004242 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4243 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4244 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4245 will become available only after programming the
4246 memory controller and running certain initialization
4247 sequences.
4248
4249 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4250 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4251 - MPC824X: data cache
4252 - PPC4xx: data cache
4253
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004254- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004255
4256 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004257 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4258 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004259 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004260 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004261 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4262 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4263 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004264
4265 Note:
4266 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4267 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004268 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004269 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4270 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4271
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004272- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004274- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004275
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004276- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004277
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004278- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004279
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004280- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004282- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004283
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004284- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285 SDRAM timing
4286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004287- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288 periodic timer for refresh
4289
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004290- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004292- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4293 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4294 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4295 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4297
4298- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004299 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4300 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004301 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4302
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004303- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4304 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004305 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4306 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4307
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004308- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004309 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4310 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4311
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004312- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004313 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4314 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4315
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004316- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004317 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4318 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4319
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004320- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4322 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4323 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4324
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004325- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004326 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4327 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4328 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4329 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004330
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004331- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4332 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4333 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4334 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4335 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4336 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4337 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4338 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004339 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004340
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004341- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4342 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4343 required.
4344
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004345- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4346 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4347 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4348 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4349 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4350 by coreboot or similar.
4351
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004352- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4353 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4354
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004355- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4356 Chip has SRIO or not
4357
4358- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4359 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4360
4361- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4362 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4363
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004364- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4365 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4366
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004367- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4368 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4369
4370- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4371 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4372
4373- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4374 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4375
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004376- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4377 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4378 a 16 bit bus.
4379 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004380 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004381 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004382 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004383
4384- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4385 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4386 a default value will be used.
4387
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004388- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004389 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4390 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4391
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004392 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4393 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4394
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004395- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004396 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4397 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4398 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004399
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004400- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4401 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4402 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4403 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4404 header files or board specific files.
4405
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004406- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4407 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4408
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004409- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004410 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4411 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004412
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004413- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4414 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4415
4416- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4417 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004418 to the given FEC; i. e.
4419 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004420 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4421
4422 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4423
4424- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4425 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4426 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4427
4428- CONFIG_RMII
4429 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4430 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4431 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4432
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004433- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4434 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4435 The syntax is:
4436
4437 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4438
4439 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4440 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4441 area should have.
4442
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004443- CONFIG_LOOPW
4444 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004445 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004446
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004447- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4448 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4449 "md/mw" commands.
4450 Examples:
4451
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004452 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004453 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4454
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004455 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004456 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4457
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004458 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004459 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004460
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004461- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004462 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004463 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4464 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4465 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004466
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004467 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4468 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4469 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4470 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004471
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004472- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004473 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4474 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4475 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004476
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004477- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4478 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4479 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4480 It is loaded by the SPL.
4481
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004482- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4483 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4484 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4485 previous 4k of the .text section.
4486
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004487- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4488 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4489 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4490 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4491 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4492 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4493 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4494 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4495
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004496- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4497 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4498 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4499 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4500 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4501
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004502- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4503 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4504 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004505
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004506- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4507 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4508
4509 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004510
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004511- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4512 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4513
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004514Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4515-----------------------------------
4516
4517The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4518loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4519This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4520are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4521within that device.
4522
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004523- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4524 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4525 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4526 is also specified.
4527
4528- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4529 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004530 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4531 is also specified.
4532
4533- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4534 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4535 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4536 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4537 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4538
4539- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4540 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4541 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4542 virtual address in NOR flash.
4543
4544- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4545 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4546 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4547
4548- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4549 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4550 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4551
4552- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4553 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4554 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4555
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004556- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4557 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4558 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004559 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4560 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4561 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004562
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563Building the Software:
4564======================
4565
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004566Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4567and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4568all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4569(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4570recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4571which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004572
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004573If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4574have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4575you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4576Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4577necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004579 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4580 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004581
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004582Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4583 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4584 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4585 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4586
4587 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4588
4589 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4590 be executed on computers running Windows.
4591
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004592U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4593sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004594is done by typing:
4595
4596 make NAME_config
4597
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004598where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004599rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4602 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4603 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4604 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004605 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004607 make TQM823L_config
4608 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4611 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004613 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004614
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4617images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4620- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4621- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004623By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4624in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4625this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4626
46271. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4628
4629 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4630 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4631 make O=/tmp/build all
4632
46332. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4634
4635 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4636 make distclean
4637 make NAME_config
4638 make all
4639
4640Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4641variable.
4642
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4645for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4646native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4650to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4651steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046531. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004654 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4655 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046562. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4657 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4658 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
46593. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4660 your board
46613. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4662 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
46634. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
46645. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4665 to be installed on your target system.
46666. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4667 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004670Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4671==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004672
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004673If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4674or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004675provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4676the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004677official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004678
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004679But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4680cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4682just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004683for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4684select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4685environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4686you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004692 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004693
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004694When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4695U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4696setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4697built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4698<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4699location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4700variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004701
4702 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4703 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4704 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4705
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004706With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4707log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4708during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004709
4710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004711See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004712
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004714Monitor Commands - Overview:
4715============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004717go - start application at address 'addr'
4718run - run commands in an environment variable
4719bootm - boot application image from memory
4720bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004721bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004722tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4723 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4724 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004725tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004726rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4727diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4728loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4729loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4730md - memory display
4731mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4732nm - memory modify (constant address)
4733mw - memory write (fill)
4734cp - memory copy
4735cmp - memory compare
4736crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004737i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738sspi - SPI utility commands
4739base - print or set address offset
4740printenv- print environment variables
4741setenv - set environment variables
4742saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4743protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4744erase - erase FLASH memory
4745flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004746nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4748iminfo - print header information for application image
4749coninfo - print console devices and informations
4750ide - IDE sub-system
4751loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004752loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753mtest - simple RAM test
4754icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4755dcache - enable or disable data cache
4756reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4757echo - echo args to console
4758version - print monitor version
4759help - print online help
4760? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4764========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004769
4770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004771Environment Variables:
4772======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4775can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004777Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4778"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4779without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4780environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4781working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4782environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004783
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004784Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4785
4786List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004790 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004794 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004796 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004797
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004798 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4799 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4800 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4801 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4802 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4803 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004804 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4805 bootm_mapsize.
4806
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004807 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004808 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4809 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4810 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4811 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4812 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4813 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004814
4815 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4816 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4817 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4818 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4819 environment variable.
4820
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004821 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4822 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4823 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4826 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4827 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4828 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004830 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4831 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4832 be automatically started (by internally calling
4833 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004835 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4836 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4837 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4838 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4839 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004840
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004841 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4842 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004843 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4844 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4845 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4846 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4847 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4848 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4849 access it during the boot procedure.
4850
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004851 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4852 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4853 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4854 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4855 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4856 must be accessible by the kernel.
4857
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004858 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4859 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4860 defined.
4861
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004862 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4863 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4864 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4865 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4866 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004868 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4869 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4870 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4871 is usually what you want since it allows for
4872 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4873 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004874 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004875 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4876 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4877 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4878 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004880 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4881 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4882 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4883 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4884 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4885 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004889 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4890 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4891 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4892 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4893 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4894 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4895 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004897 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004899 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4900 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004904 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004906 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004910 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004911
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004912 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004913
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004914 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4915 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004916
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004917 => setenv ethact FEC
4918 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4919 => setenv ethact SCC
4920 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004921
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004922 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4923 available network interfaces.
4924 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4925
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004926 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004927 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4928 When set to "once" the network operation will
4929 fail when all the available network interfaces
4930 are tried once without success.
4931 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4932 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004934 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004935
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004936 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4937 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4938 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4939 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4940 is silent.
4941
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004942 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004943 UDP source port.
4944
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004945 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4946 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4947
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004948 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4949 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4950
4951 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4952 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4953 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4954 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4955 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4956 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4957 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4958
4959 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004960 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004962
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004963The following image location variables contain the location of images
4964used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4965not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4966variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4967server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4968loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4969flash or offset in NAND flash.
4970
4971*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4972boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4973boards use these variables for other purposes.
4974
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004975Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4976----- --------- ----------- --------------
4977u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4978Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4979device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4980ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004982The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4983updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4984depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986 bootfile - see above
4987 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4988 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4989 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4990 hostname - Target hostname
4991 ipaddr - see above
4992 netmask - Subnet Mask
4993 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4994 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004995
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004997There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5000 as type string and/or serial number
5001 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005002
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005003These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5004the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5005once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005006
5007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005008Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005009
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005010 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5011 with the "version" command. This variable is
5012 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5016only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005017
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005018
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005019Callback functions for environment variables:
5020---------------------------------------------
5021
5022For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5023when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5024be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5025deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5026effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5027
5028The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5029U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5030
5031These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5032static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5033in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5034associations. The list must be in the following format:
5035
5036 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5037 list = entry[,list]
5038
5039If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5040Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5041
5042Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5043with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5044override any association in the static list. You can define
5045CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5046".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5047
5048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049Command Line Parsing:
5050=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005052There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5053the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005055Old, simple command line parser:
5056--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5059- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005060- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5062 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005063 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005064- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5065 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005066
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005067Hush shell:
5068-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005069
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5071 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5072 until...do...done, ...
5073- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5074 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5075 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5076 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078General rules:
5079--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005081(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5082 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5083 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5084 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005086(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005087 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005088 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5089 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5092=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005093
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005094Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005095such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5096"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005097
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005098Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5099MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5100"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005102If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5103in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5104ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5105variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5108 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005109
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5111 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5112 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005114o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5115 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005117o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5118 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5119 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005120
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5122 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005124If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005125will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005126may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5127The naming convention is as follows:
5128"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130Image Formats:
5131==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005133U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5134images in two formats:
5135
5136New uImage format (FIT)
5137-----------------------
5138
5139Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5140to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5141components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5142SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5143
5144
5145Old uImage format
5146-----------------
5147
5148Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5149preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5150details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5153 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005154 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5155 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5156 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005157* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005158 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5159 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5161* Load Address
5162* Entry Point
5163* Image Name
5164* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005166The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5167and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5168CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005171Linux Support:
5172==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5175easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5176U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5179special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5180"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5181instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5182serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5185 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5186 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005187
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005188- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5189 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5192 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5193 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5194 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5195 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5196 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005197
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005199Linux HOWTO:
5200============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005202Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5203---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5206configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5207(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5208Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005210But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005211
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005212Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5213include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005214Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5215and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005216as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005217
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219Configuring the Linux kernel:
5220-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005221
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005222No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5223device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005226Building a Linux Image:
5227-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5230not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5231"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5232U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5233which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5234100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005236Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005238 make TQM850L_config
5239 make oldconfig
5240 make dep
5241 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005243The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5244encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5245CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005247* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005249* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005250
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005251 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5252 -R .note -R .comment \
5253 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005255* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005261 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5262 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5263 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005264
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005266The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5267with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5268combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5269byte header containing information about target architecture,
5270operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5271stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5274print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5277contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5278checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005280 tools/mkimage -l image
5281 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005283The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5284from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5287 -n name -d data_file image
5288 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5289 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5290 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5291 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5292 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5293 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5294 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5295 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005296
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005297Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5298address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5299kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5302- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005303
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005304So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005306 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5307 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005308 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5310 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5311 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5312 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5313 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5314 Load Address: 0x00000000
5315 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005316
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005317To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5320 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5321 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5322 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5323 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5324 Load Address: 0x00000000
5325 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5328speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5329needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5330need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005331
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005332 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005333 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5334 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005335 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5337 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5338 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5339 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5340 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5341 Load Address: 0x00000000
5342 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005343
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5346when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005347
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5349 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5350 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5351 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5352 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5353 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5354 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5355 Load Address: 0x00000000
5356 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005357
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005358The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5359option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5360option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5361from the image:
5362
5363 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5364 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5365 indexed by 'position'
5366
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368Installing a Linux Image:
5369-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005370
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005371To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5372you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005373
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005375
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005376The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5377image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5378address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5379specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5380command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005382Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5383TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005385 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005386
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005387 .......... done
5388 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005390 => loads 40100000
5391 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5392 ~>examples/image.srec
5393 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5394 ...
5395 15989 15990 15991 15992
5396 [file transfer complete]
5397 [connected]
5398 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005399
5400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005402this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005403corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005405 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005407 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5408 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5409 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5410 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5411 Load Address: 00000000
5412 Entry Point: 0000000c
5413 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005414
5415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005416Boot Linux:
5417-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005419The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5420memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5421of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5422parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5423"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
5425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005426 => printenv bootargs
5427 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005429 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005430
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005431 => printenv bootargs
5432 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005434 => bootm 40020000
5435 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5436 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5437 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5438 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5439 Load Address: 00000000
5440 Entry Point: 0000000c
5441 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5442 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5443 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5444 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5445 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5446 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5447 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5448 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005449
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005450If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005451the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5452format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005454 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5457 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5458 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5459 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5460 Load Address: 00000000
5461 Entry Point: 0000000c
5462 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005464 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5465 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5466 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5467 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5468 Load Address: 00000000
5469 Entry Point: 00000000
5470 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005472 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5473 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5474 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5475 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5476 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5477 Load Address: 00000000
5478 Entry Point: 0000000c
5479 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5480 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5481 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5482 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5483 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5484 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5485 Load Address: 00000000
5486 Entry Point: 00000000
5487 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5488 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5489 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5490 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5491 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5492 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5493 ...
5494 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5495 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005497 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005498
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005499Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5500-----------
5501
5502First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5503titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5504following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5505flat device tree:
5506
5507=> print oftaddr
5508oftaddr=0x300000
5509=> print oft
5510oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5511=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5512Speed: 1000, full duplex
5513Using TSEC0 device
5514TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5515Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5516Load address: 0x300000
5517Loading: #
5518done
5519Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5520=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5521Speed: 1000, full duplex
5522Using TSEC0 device
5523TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5524Filename 'uImage'.
5525Load address: 0x200000
5526Loading:############
5527done
5528Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5529=> print loadaddr
5530loadaddr=200000
5531=> print oftaddr
5532oftaddr=0x300000
5533=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5534## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005535 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5536 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5537 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005538 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005539 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005540 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5541 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5542Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5543Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5544Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5545[snip]
5546
5547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005548More About U-Boot Image Types:
5549------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005551U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005553 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5554 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5555 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5556 the Standalone Program.
5557 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5558 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5559 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5560 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5561 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5562 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5563 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5564 being started.
5565 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5566 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5567 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5568 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5569 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5570 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005571
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005572 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5573 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5574 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5575 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5576 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5577 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005579 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5580 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5581 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005582
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005583 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5584 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5585 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5586 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005587
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005588Booting the Linux zImage:
5589-------------------------
5590
5591On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5592using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5593as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5594
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005595Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005596kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5597address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5598format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5599
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005601Standalone HOWTO:
5602=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005604One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5605run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5606U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610"Hello World" Demo:
5611-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5614application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5615It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5616like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005618 => loads
5619 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5620 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5621 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5622 [file transfer complete]
5623 [connected]
5624 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005626 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5627 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5628 Hello World
5629 argc = 7
5630 argv[0] = "40004"
5631 argv[1] = "Hello"
5632 argv[2] = "World!"
5633 argv[3] = "This"
5634 argv[4] = "is"
5635 argv[5] = "a"
5636 argv[6] = "test."
5637 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5638 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005640 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005642Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5643handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5644Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5645The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5646character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5647controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005649 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5650 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5651 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5652 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005654 => loads
5655 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5656 ~>examples/timer.srec
5657 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5658 [file transfer complete]
5659 [connected]
5660 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662 => go 40004
5663 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5664 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5665 Using timer 1
5666 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005668Hit 'b':
5669 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5670 Enabling timer
5671Hit '?':
5672 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5673 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5674Hit '?':
5675 [q, b, e, ?] .
5676 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5677Hit '?':
5678 [q, b, e, ?] .
5679 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5680Hit '?':
5681 [q, b, e, ?] .
5682 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5683Hit 'e':
5684 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5685Hit 'q':
5686 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005687
5688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005689Minicom warning:
5690================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5693"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5694consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5695Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5696especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005697use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5698http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5699for help with kermit.
5700
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5703configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005704
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005705 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5706 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5707 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005708
5709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005710NetBSD Notes:
5711=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005713Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5714(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005716Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5717NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5718need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5719Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5720attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5721missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5724 # mkdir powerpc
5725 # ln -s powerpc machine
5726 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5727 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005729Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5730and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005732Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5733stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5734proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5735tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005736meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005737
5738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005739Implementation Internals:
5740=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005742The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5743implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5744inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5745hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005746
5747
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005748Initial Stack, Global Data:
5749---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5752starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5753system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5754This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5755is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5756at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5757options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5758models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5759MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5760locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005761
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005762 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005763 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005765 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5766 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5767 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5768 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5771 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5772 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5773 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5774 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005775 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005776 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5777 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005779 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5780 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005781 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5783 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5784 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5785 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005787 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5789 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005790 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005791 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5792 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5793 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5794 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5795 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005797 -Chris Hallinan
5798 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005800It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5801code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5804 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005805
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005806* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005807 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5808 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005810* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5811 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5814normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5815turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5816simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5817functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5818functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5819the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5820place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5821reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005823When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5824relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5825GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5828 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005829 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005830 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5831 R5-R10: parameter passing
5832 R13: small data area pointer
5833 R30: GOT pointer
5834 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005835
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005836 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5837 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5838 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005839
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005840 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5843 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5844 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5845 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5846 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5847 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005848
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005849On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005850 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5851
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005852 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005854On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005856 R0: function argument word/integer result
5857 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005858 R9: platform specific
5859 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5861 R12: temporary workspace
5862 R13: stack pointer
5863 R14: link register
5864 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005865
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005866 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5867
5868 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005869
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005870On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5871 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5872
5873 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5874
5875 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5876 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5877
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005878On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5879
5880 R0-R1: argument/return
5881 R2-R5: argument
5882 R15: temporary register for assembler
5883 R16: trampoline register
5884 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5885 R29: global pointer (GP)
5886 R30: link register (LP)
5887 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5888 PC: program counter (PC)
5889
5890 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5891
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005892NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5893or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005895Memory Management:
5896------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005897
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005898U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5899MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005901The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5902controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5903memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5904physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005906U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5907TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5908booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5909to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005910memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005911configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5912Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005913
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005914Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5915of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005917So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5918this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005920 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5921 :
5922 0x0000 1FFF
5923 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5924 :
5925 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005927 :
5928 :
5929 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5930 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5931 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5932 :
5933 0x00FD FFFF
5934 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5935 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5936 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5937 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005938
5939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005940System Initialization:
5941----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005943In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005944(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005945configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5946To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5947To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5948initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5949which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5950part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5951the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005953Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5954preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5955(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5956on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5957programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5958simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5959banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005961When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5962different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5963bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
59640x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5965contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005967Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5968and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5969Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5970pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005971
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005972Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5973until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5974running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5975new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005976
5977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005978U-Boot Porting Guide:
5979----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005981[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5982list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005983
5984
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005985int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005986{
5987 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005988
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005989 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5990 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005992 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005993 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005994 return 0;
5995 }
5996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005997 Download latest U-Boot source;
5998
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005999 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006000
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006001 if (clueless)
6002 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006004 while (learning) {
6005 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006006 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6007 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006008 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006009 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006010 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006011
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006012 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6013 Buy a BDI3000;
6014 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006015 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006016
6017 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6018 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6019 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6020 } else {
6021 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6022 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006023 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006024 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6025 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006026
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006027 while (!accepted) {
6028 while (!running) {
6029 do {
6030 Add / modify source code;
6031 } until (compiles);
6032 Debug;
6033 if (clueless)
6034 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6035 }
6036 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6037 if (reasonable critiques)
6038 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6039 else
6040 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006041 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006043 return 0;
6044}
6045
6046void no_more_time (int sig)
6047{
6048 hire_a_guru();
6049}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006050
6051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006052Coding Standards:
6053-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006055All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006056coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006057"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006058
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006059Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6060MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6061reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6062sources.
6063
6064Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6065Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6066in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006067
6068Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6069- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006070- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006071- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006072- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006073- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6074
6075Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6076with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006077
6078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006079Submitting Patches:
6080-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006081
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006082Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6083establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6084may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006085
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006086Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006087
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006088Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6089see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6090
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006091When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6092it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006093
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006094* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6095 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6096 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006097
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006098* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6099 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006100
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006101* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6102
6103* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6104
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006105* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6106 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006107
6108* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6109 document these in the README file.
6110
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006111* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6112 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006113 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006114 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6115 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006116
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006117 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6118 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6119 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006120
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006121 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6122 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6123 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6124 affected files).
6125
6126 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6127 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006128
6129* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6130 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6131
6132* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6133 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6134
6135
6136Notes:
6137
6138* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6139 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6140 for any of the boards.
6141
6142* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6143 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6144 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6145
6146* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6147 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6148 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6149 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6150 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6151 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006152
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006153* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6154 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6155 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6156 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.